Fuel Supply System, Servicing
For all fuel supply system component locations. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
For all fuel supply system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Safety Precautions
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. Vehicles with FSI engine: The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on engine or fuel injection system, pressure must be relieved to residual pressure before opening high pressure components --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) . |
Perform the following steps before beginning work on the fuel supply system
- Disconnect the battery Ground (GND) cable with the ignition switched off --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment) .
- Open the fuel filler flap briefly and then close again.
When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, observe the following
- The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary.
- Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used.
- Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves!
Clean Working Conditions
When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
- Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and cover them. Do not use fluffy cloths!
- Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
- Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Hand held remote control (jumper).
- Multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage min. 12.5 V.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Fuse ST2 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Ignition switched off.
Test sequence
- Remove the rear seat bench --> «72 - SEAT - FRAMES»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior) .
Scheme 468
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the right locking flange.
Scheme 469
- Disconnect fuel delivery unit electrical harness connector - arrow -.
- Connect a Hand held remote control (jumper) to terminal - 1 - of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
Scheme 470
- Connect a jumper cable from a Electrical connector test lead set to terminal - 4 - of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground (GND).
- Press the Hand held remote control (jumper) switch in.
Note. The Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. Avoid surrounding noises while testing the fuel pump.
The fuel pump should operate and an audible noise heard.
If no operating noise is heard
Scheme 471
- Remove the fuel delivery unit. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the fuel delivery unit electrical terminals 1 to 4 for continuity.
Specified value: 0 ohms.
If the specified value is not obtained
- Check the fuel delivery unit for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the fuel delivery unit for an open circuit, short to Ground (GND), or short to Battery (+).
- Repair the electrical circuit as necessary.
If no malfunction is detected in electrical circuit, replace the fuel delivery unit. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY .
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Hand held remote control (jumper).
- Electrical connector test lead set.
- Fuel pressure test set (high pressure).
- Measuring container, fuel-resistant.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Fuse ST2 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Ignition switched off.
Test sequence
- Remove the rear seat bench --> «72 - SEAT - FRAMES»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior) .
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the right locking flange.
- Disconnect fuel delivery unit electrical harness connector - arrow -.
- Connect a Hand held remote control (jumper) to terminal - 1 - of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
- Connect a jumper cable from a Electrical connector test lead set to terminal - 4 - of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground (GND).
- Remove the fuel filler cap from the fuel filler tube.
Scheme 472
- Remove the rear engine cover - arrows -.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place clean rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Scheme 473
- Disconnect the fuel line at the fuel rail - arrow -.
Scheme 474
- Connect a Fuel pressure test set (high pressure) to the fuel line.
- Connect a hose - arrow - to pressure gauge and hold it in the measuring container.
- Open the shutoff valve of the pressure gauge. The lever points in the direction of flow.
- Press the switch of the remote control and slowly close the shutoff valve of the pressure gauge.
The fuel pressure should rise.
- Specification: 4 BAR positive pressure.
- Do not move the shutoff valve position.
- Empty the measuring container.
- Press the remote control switch in for 15 seconds.
Scheme 475
- Compare the quantity of fuel delivered with the minimum delivery rate in the diagram (cm 3 /15s).
Note. Voltage at fuel pump with engine stopped and pump running is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.
If the minimum fuel delivery quantity is not obtained, the following malfunctions may be present
- Fuel lines pinched. Check fuel lines for damage. Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
- Fuel filter clogged. Replace the fuel filter. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
- Fuel pump faulty. Check the fuel pump. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system)
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
- Install fuel line and tighten the line to 28 Nm.
Torque specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Fuel line to fuel rail | 28 |
EVAP System
For all EVAP system component locations and hose routing. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
For the EVAP system hose routing. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
For all EVAP system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
EVAP System, Leak Detection
Function
The leak detection system recognizes leaks in the complete fuel system, including the fuel tank, EVAP canister and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
On the mechanical side, the leak detection system consists mainly of a vacuum-driven diaphragm pump, that is equipped with a reed contact on the actuation rod of the pump diaphragm. The pump is supplied with vacuum by the engine intake stroke.
- When leak detection is activated, the diaphragm pump pumps the fuel system up to 20 to 30 mbar. The pump membrane is then moved outward, thereby setting the reed contact at the actuation rod to the "open" position.
- During leak diagnosis, the reed contact is monitored to check if it remains open within 15 seconds. This indicates the system is sealed.
- If pressure falls (indicating a leak), the diaphragm moves back and the reed contact closes.
- If reed contact closes within 15 seconds of leak detection time, a further test is performed: In this case the diaphragm pump pumps 4 times again. The engine control module (ECM) measures the time for each of the 4 pumps until the reed contact is closed again. From that, the control module can recognize a "small leak" (smaller than 1 mm in diameter) or a "large leak".
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) K83 in the instrument cluster lights up if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.
EVAP System, Leak Checking
To check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system for leaks, refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY .
EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC5 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 is supplied by the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - arrows -.
Scheme 476
- Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 477
- Using a Multimeter , check the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
Specified value: 22,0 to 30,0 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 478
- Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 Electrical Harness connector Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 terminal 2/87 for an open circuit or short to ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminal 5 for an open circuit.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 Electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 5 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC5 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 is supplied by the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757.
Procedure
- Remove left rear wheel housing liner --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior) .
Scheme 479
- Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115.
Specified value: 22,0 to 30,0 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
- Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 Electrical Harness connector Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 terminal 2/87 for an open circuit or short to ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 electrical connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal 10 for an open circuit.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 Electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 10 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Leak Detection Pump, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuse Sc5 fuse OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- is supplied by the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757.
Procedure
- Remove left rear wheel housing liner --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior) .
- Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 electrical harness connector - NOT SHOWN -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 480
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for resistance as follows
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 + 3 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 2 + 3 | 15 to 17 ohms |
If any of the specifications were not obtained
- Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
If the specified values were obtained
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 481
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
It the specification was obtained.
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connectors T94a and T60a terminals for an open circuit.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 40 |
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 55 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
- Install the left rear wheel housing liner --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Electronic Engine Power Control
> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
Electronic Engine Power Control System Function
For "EPC" , the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 by Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 (variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (drivers intention) is a main input unit for the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Operation of the throttle valve occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186) in the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. This is true across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
Throttle valve is operated by Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 according to specifications of Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
With engine off and ignition switched on, Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 controls the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 exactly according to specifications of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. This means, if the accelerator pedal is depressed half way, the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 opens the throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approx. half way.
With engine running (under load), Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 can open or close the throttle valve independently of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been depressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at the throttle valve.
In addition to this, it results in significantly better values relative to emissions and consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that "EPC" consists of only one or two components. "EPC" is much more of a system containing all components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring the position of the throttle valve.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Observe rules for cleanliness.
Motronic Fuel Injection System, Servicing
For all Motronic fuel injection system component locations. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)
For all Motronic fuel injection system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
To reduce the risk of personal injury and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system. Note the following
| CAUTION | The fuel system is pressurized. Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection (to measure fuel pressure), place a cloth around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
- Always switch off ignition before disconnecting or connecting lines of the fuel injection and ignition system, including test leads.
- During some of the tests, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) may be recognized and stored by the control module. At the end of all tests and repairs, the DTC memory should be checked and, if necessary, erased. After erasing the DTC memory, a readiness code must be generated for the engine control module.
- Always switch ignition off before cleaning engine.
| CAUTION | The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. Observe procedures for disconnecting battery --> 27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL . |
Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive
| CAUTION | Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and be operated from there by a second person. If test and measuring instruments are operated from the front passengers seat and the vehicle is involved in an accident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this seat may receive serious injuries when the airbag is deployed. |
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules for cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all unions and adjacent areas with engine or brake cleaner and dry before disconnecting.
- Plug open lines and connections immediately with appropriate protective caps.
- Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-free cloths.
- Install clean components: Remove replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
- Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.
Technical Data
| Engine Data/Code | 5.2L/320 kW BSM | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Idle speed (not adjustable) | 650 RPM | |||
| Engine Control Module(s) (ECM) | J623/J624 | |||
| System identification | Bosch Motronic MED 9.1 | |||
| Terminals at each Engine Control Module (ECM) | 154 | |||
| Fuel pressure before high pressure fuel pump | 6 bar. positive pressure | |||
| Fuel pressure after high pressure fuel pump | 18 to 120 bar. positive pressure | |||
Components, Checking
> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
Oxygen Sensor Heater Before Catalytic Converter, Checking
Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensors , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC6 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
Scheme 482
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
Scheme 483
- Disconnect the black Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 484
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
Scheme 485
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 51 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensors , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC6 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
Scheme 486
- Disconnect the black Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 73 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62 for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensors , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC6 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the brown Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 51 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63 for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensors , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC6 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the brown Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 73 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC7 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
Scheme 487
- Disconnect the black Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 488
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
Scheme 489
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a for an open circuit.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 7 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC7 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the black Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a for an open circuit.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000)
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z64 for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC7 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the brown Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d for an open circuit.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 7 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose Oxygen Sensor 02S) 4 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z65 for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC7 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the brown Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d for an open circuit.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking
Mass Air Flow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 and the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42.
The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 is integrated into the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 and is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC5 fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
- Ignition switched off.
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start engine and let it run at idle.
- Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | ||||
| Engine running at idle | 2.00 to 5.00 g/sec | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained, but the DTC memory has a DTC concerning the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42
- Check the voltage supply of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 --> Checking voltage supply under «Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__mass-air-flow-sensor-checking) .
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 --> Checking electrical circuit under «Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__mass-air-flow-sensor-checking) .
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
- Remove the vacuum lines - 1 - and - 1 -.
Scheme 490
- Loosen the air duct hose clamps - arrows -.
Scheme 491
- Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector.
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine Ground (GND) for voltage.
Scheme 492
- Crank the engine.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking electrical circuit
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals for an open circuit.
| Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 3 | 64 |
| 4 | 19 |
| 5 | 85 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Mass Air Flow Sensor 2/Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299.
The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 is integrated into the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246 and is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC5 fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
- Ignition switched off.
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start engine and let it run at idle.
- Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | ||||
| Engine running at idle | 2.00 to 5.00 g/sec | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained, but the DTC memory has a DTC concerning the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299
- Check the voltage supply of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 --> Checking voltage supply under «Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__mass-air-flow-sensor-checking) .
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 --> Checking wiring under «Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__mass-air-flow-sensor-checking) .
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
Scheme 493
- Loosen the air duct hose clamp - 1 - and - 2 -.
- Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector.
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Crank the engine.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals for an open circuit.
| Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 3 | 64 |
| 4 | 19 |
| 5 | 85 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking
Throttle Valve Control Module
The Throttle Valve Control Module J338 is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor J338.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186) in the Throttle Valve Control Module and is operated by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) according to the specifications of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
The Throttle Valve Control Module J338 Contains the following components
- Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Idle stop | 3.0 to 25.0% | |||
- Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT)
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
Scheme 494
- Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Note. The Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 is shown. The Throttle Valve Control Module J338 is similar.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 495
- Using a multimeter , check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 at the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Scheme 496
- Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Scheme 497
- Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals for an open circuit.
| Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 27 |
| 2 | 28 |
| 3 | 15 |
| 4 | 12 |
| 5 | 30 |
| 6 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000)
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Throttle Valve Control Module 2
The Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186) in the Throttle Valve Control Module and is operated by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) according to the specifications of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
The Throttle Valve Control Module J338 Contains the following components
- Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Idle stop | 3.0 to 25.0% | |||
- Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT)
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
- Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 at the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals for an open circuit.
| Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 27 |
| 2 | 28 |
| 3 | 15 |
| 4 | 12 |
| 5 | 30 |
| 6 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000)
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the intake manifold. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm)
Checking voltage
Note. The intake has been removed for clarity.
Scheme 498
- Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 for voltage.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage (+) |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are obtained
- Replace the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals for an open circuit.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 14 |
| 2 | 25 |
| 3 | 26 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Install the intake manifold. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm)
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
Scheme 499
- Loosen clamps and remove the left air duct hose - arrows -.
Scheme 500
- Loosen clamps and remove the right air guide hose - arrows -.
- Disconnect the vacuum hose - 1 - from the intake manifold.
Scheme 501
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the air duct.
Scheme 502
- Disconnect the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a multimeter , check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410 electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410 electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage (+) |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are obtained
- Replace the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals for an open circuit.
| Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 53 |
| 2 | 38 |
| 3 | 19 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Fuel Metering Valve/Fuel Metering Valve 2, Checking
Fuel Metering Valve
The Fuel Metering Valve N290 is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK.
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 OK.
- The Fuse SC5 OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
Scheme 503
- Disconnect the Fuel Metering Valve N290 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve N290 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance
Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the High Pressure Fuel Pump. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm)
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve N290 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Fuel Metering Valve N290 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Scheme 504
- Using a multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve N290 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal 19 for an open circuit.
| Fuel Metering Valve N290 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 19 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Fuel Metering Valve 2
The Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 OK.
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 OK.
- The Fuse SC5 OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 terminals for resistance
Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the High Pressure Fuel Pump. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm)
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 terminal 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminal 19 for an open circuit.
| Fuel Metering Valve 2 N402 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T60d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 19 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking
| CAUTION | Cooling system is under pressure. Danger of scalding when opening! |
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Jumper wire.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
- Continue test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. -40.0°C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | |
| Approx. 140.0°C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) |
If the specified value was obtained
- Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0 C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> «19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
- Loosen clamps and remove the left air duct hose - arrows -.
- Loosen clamps and remove the right air guide hose - arrows -.
- Disconnect the vacuum hose - 1 - from the intake manifold.
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the air duct.
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 505
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
- Area A: Resistance values 0 to 50 C.
- Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100 C.
Scheme 506
Specified values
- Range A, 30 C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kohms
- Range B, 80 C equals a resistance of 275 to 375ohms
If any of the specified values was not obtained
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> «19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Using a jumper wire , connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
- Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If the value jumps to approx. 140.0 C
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> «19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If indication remains at approx. -40.0 C
Testing if display approx. 140.0 C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0 C
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> «19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If indication remains at approx. 140.0 C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 14 |
| 2 | 10 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Engine Speed Sensor, Checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 detects RPM and reference marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the engine speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | Idle speed | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
Scheme 507
- Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 terminals 2 to 3 - B - for resistance.
Specified value: 730 to 1000 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
Scheme 508
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 terminals 1 to 2 and 1 to 3 for short circuits.
Specified value: infinity (infinity)
If any of the specified values are not obtained
- Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals for an open circuit.
| Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
| 2 | 36 |
| 3 | 51 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 and check the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run out --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the sensor wheel is OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Intake Door Motor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - arrows -.
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 509
- Disconnect the Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 3 for voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the wiring from the Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the to the Ground (GND) connection on the lower right A-pillar for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal 6 for an open circuit.
| Intake Flap Motor V157 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 2 | 35 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
The Intake Flap Motor V157 must be adapted to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
To adapt the Intake Flap Motor V157 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 perform the following steps
Test requirements
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Coolant temperature must be between 20 C and 80 C.
- No DTCs stored in DTC memory.
- Start the engine and let run at idle for at least 70 seconds.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 will automatically adept the Intake Flap Motor V157.
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - arrows -.
Checking voltage supply
- Disconnect the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 3 for voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Check the wiring from the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the wiring from the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the to the Ground (GND) connection on the lower right A-pillar for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal 6 for an open circuit.
| Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 2 | 6 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
The Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 must be adapted to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
To adapt the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 perform the following steps
Test requirements
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Coolant temperature must be between 20 C and 80 C.
- No DTCs stored in DTC memory.
- Start the engine and let run at idle for at least 70 seconds.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 will automatically adept the Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183.
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Harness connector Terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 2 to Battery positive (+) | About 5 V |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | Battery voltage (+) |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are obtained
- Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals for an open circuit.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals or test box Socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
| 2 | 22 |
| 3 | 14 |
Specified value: 2.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
The Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 must be adapted to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
To adapt the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 perform the following steps
Test requirements
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Coolant temperature must be between 20 C and 80 C.
- No DTCs stored in DTC memory.
- Start the engine and let run at idle for at least 70 seconds.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 will automatically adept the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336.
- Install the front engine cover - arrows -.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - arrows -.
Checking voltage supply
- Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage (+) |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are obtained
- Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512.
If specified values are not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals for an open circuit.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
| 2 | 22 |
| 3 | 14 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
The Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 must be adapted to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
To adapt the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 perform the following steps
Test requirements
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Coolant temperature must be between 20 C and 80 C.
- No DTCs stored in DTC memory.
- Start the engine and let run at idle for at least 70 seconds.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 will automatically adept the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 G512.
- Install the rear engine cover - arrows -.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Function Tests
Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
The following procedure is used to diagnose Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function test
- Perform the function test located in diagnostic mode 06. Refer to --> «OBDMID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__obdmid-01-01-oxygen-sensor-monitor) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the black Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Checking primary voltage
- Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 60 |
| 2 | 61 |
| 5 | 81 |
| 6 | 82 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
The following procedure is used to diagnose Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 which is controlled by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function test
- Perform the function test located in diagnostic mode 06. Refer to --> «OBDMID 05 ($05): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 1»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__obdmid-05-05-oxygen-sensor-monitor) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the black Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking primary voltage
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 59 |
| 2 | 84 |
| 5 | 83 |
| 6 | 62 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 3
The following procedure is used to diagnose Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62 before catalytic converter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function test
- Perform the function test located in diagnostic mode 06. Refer to --> «OBDMID 09 ($09): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__obdmid-09-09-oxygen-sensor-monitor) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the brown Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking primary voltage
- Crank the engine.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 60 |
| 2 | 61 |
| 5 | 81 |
| 6 | 82 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 4
The following procedure is used to diagnose Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 which is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63 before catalytic converter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 C.
Function test
- Perform the function test located in diagnostic mode 06. Refer to --> «OBDMID 13 ($0D): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__obdmid-13-0d-oxygen-sensor-monitor) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
- Disconnect the black Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
Checking primary voltage
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical connector T94d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 59 |
| 2 | 84 |
| 5 | 83 |
| 6 | 62 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Engine Control Module
> Function
> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING
Function
The 5.2L BSM engine is regulated by two Engine Control Modules (ECM). The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 regulates fuel injection, Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , engine speed limitation through fuel injectors or Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 as well as On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Voltage Supply, Checking
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 supplies voltage to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The fuse S133 fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test sequence
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271.
Checking voltage
- Using a Multimeter , check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 1/30 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 1/30 for an open or short circuit.
- Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 3/86 to Ground (GND).
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 3/86 for an open or short circuit.
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking activation
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 to Ground (GND).
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: 0.5 V Max.
If the specified value was obtained
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> «97 - WIRING»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment) .
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 4/85 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminal 69 for a short to Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Checking Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals for resistance.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals/Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 2/87 | 3 |
| 5 | |
| 6 |
Specified value: 2.0 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the voltage supply OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Additional Signals, Checking
> VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose the CAN-Bus terminal resistance of the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Motronic Engine Control Modules (ECM) fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 communicates with the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 and other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Checking internal resistance, Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623
- Disconnect the Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector.
- Disconnect the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector.
Note. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must remain connected for the following step.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector terminals 9 to 10 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring.
Checking internal resistance, Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624
- Disconnect the Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector.
- Disconnect the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 must remain connected for the following step.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector terminals 9 to 10 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring.
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d for resistance.
| Energy Management Control Module J644 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals or Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 10 (Can_Bus Low) | 67 |
| 9 (Can_Bus High) | 68 |
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminals or test box sockets | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T94d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 89 (Can_Bus Low) | 89 (Can_Bus Low) |
| 90 (Can_Bus High) | 90 (Can_Bus High) |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 or the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Exhaust System Components, Removing And Installing
For all Exhaust System, Emission control component locations. Refer to --> 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS
For all Exhaust System, Emission control removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking
Function test
- Perform the function tests located in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to the following table
| Function Test |
|---|
| 33 ($21): Catalyst Monitor Bank 1 |
| 34 ($22): Catalyst Monitor Bank 2 |
| 35 ($23): Catalyst Monitor Bank 3 |
| ($24): Catalyst Monitor Bank 4 |
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded
- Replace the faulty catalytic converter with front exhaust pipe --> «26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection System
Principle
Due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase, the exhaust emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system improves the secondary oxidation within the catalytic converter, thereby reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-running phase.
Function
- During cold start (with coolant temperatures +15 to +35 C), the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system blows air behind the exhaust valve for approx. 65 seconds. This produces an oxygen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
- In addition, the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system is switched on with a delay of approx. 20 seconds during idle for 5 seconds after every subsequent engine start up to max. 80 C coolant temperature and is checked by On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S130 OK.
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-.
Checking voltage
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2/30 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the battery to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2/30 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
- Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 6/86 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 socket 2/87 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 6/86 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) (test box) at Engine Control Module.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 4/85 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminal 49 for resistance.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4/85 | 49 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to --> «97 - WIRING»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 OK.
- Fuse SC5 OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 terminals for resistance
Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112. Refer to --> «26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay J757 terminal 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a terminal 72 for an open circuit.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 72 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Raise the vehicle. Refer to the --> «01 - MAINTENANCE»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/procedures/#maintenance-procedures) .
- Loosen the quick release fasteners - 1 - and - 2 - and remove the noise insulation panel.
Scheme 510
- Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Checking voltage
- Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 8/87 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- electrical harness connector terminal 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101-. Refer to --> «26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Ignition, Servicing
For all Ignition/Glow plug system component locations. Refer to --> 28 - IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM
For all Ignition/Glow plug system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 28 - IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
| CAUTION | Observe the following for all installations, especially in the engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection point. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. Test and measuring equipment that is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. Do not touch or disconnect ignition wires when engine is running or turning at starting RPM. Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, if the ignition is turned off. |
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Spark Plug Test Data
| Engine code | BSM/5.2L/340 kW engine) | |
|---|---|---|
| Ignition sequence | 1-6-5-10-2-7-3-8-4-9 | |
| Ignition timing | Not adjustable, regulated by the Electronic control module | |
| Ignition system | Single coil ignition system with 10 ignition coils (output stages integrated) that are connected directly to spark plugs by the ignition cables. | |
Camshaft Position Sensor, Checking
Camshaft Position Sensor 1
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
Scheme 511
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
| 2 | 44 |
| 3 | 52 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position Sensor 3
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 37 |
| 2 | 59 |
| 3 | 52 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position Sensor 2
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
Scheme 512
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
| 2 | 44 |
| 3 | 52 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position Sensor 4
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 37 |
| 2 | 59 |
| 3 | 52 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve, Checking
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector - 2
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 20 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector - 1
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 21 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector - 3
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 20 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector - 4
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 21 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Knock Sensor, Checking
Knock Sensor 1
The following procedure is used to diagnose Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the orange Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector - 9 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 513
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
Scheme 514
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 39 |
| 2 | 54 |
| 3 | 52 (Shield) |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Knock Sensor 2
The following procedure is used to diagnose Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 which is controlled by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the gray Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector - 10 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 9 |
| 2 | 24 |
| 3 | 52 (Shield) |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Knock Sensor 3
The following procedure is used to diagnose Knock Sensor 3 G198 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor 3 G198 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the white Knock Sensor 3 G198 electrical harness connector - 8 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor 3 G198 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Knock Sensor 3 G198. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor 3 G198 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor 3 G198 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 39 |
| 2 | 54 |
| 3 | 52 (Shield) |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor 3 G198. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Knock Sensor 4
The following procedure is used to diagnose Knock Sensor 4 G199 which is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor 4 G199 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the front engine cover - 1 -.
- Disconnect the blue Knock Sensor 4 G199 electrical harness connector - 7 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor 4 G199 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Knock Sensor 4 G199. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor 4 G199 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor 4 G199 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 9 |
| 2 | 24 |
| 3 | 52 (Shield) |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor 4 G199. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking
Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292, N323 which are controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Diode test lamp.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S103 OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 OK.
- The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
- Remove the vacuum lines - 1 - and - 1 -.
- Loosen the air duct hose clamps - arrows -.
- Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 electrical harness connector.
Scheme 515
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the upper air filter housing.
- Remove the Ignition Coil electrical harness screws - 1 - and - 2 -.
- Disconnect the Ignition Coil electrical harness connectors from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage.
Checking voltage supply
- Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2/31 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Checking activation
| CAUTION | Do not touch the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test. |
- Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors.
- Using a diode test lamp , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
- Crank the engine.
The LED should flicker.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK
- Replace the faulty Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> «28 - IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the LED does not flicker
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a for an open circuit.
| Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292, N323 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T60a terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| N70/3 | 58 |
| N127/3 | 56 |
| N291/3 | 41 |
| N292/3 | 57 |
| N323/3 | 43 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
The following procedure is used to diagnose Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N324, N325, N326, N327, N328 which are controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Diode test lamp.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SC8 OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK, --> «Voltage Supply, Checking»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__voltage-supply-checking) .
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 OK.
- The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the rear engine cover - 2 -.
- Loosen the air duct hose clamp - 1 - and - 2 -.
- Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 2 G246/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 G299 electrical harness connector.
Scheme 516
- Remove the screws - arrows - and the upper air filter housing.
- Remove the oil dipstick - 2 -.
- Remove the Ignition Coil electrical harness screws - 1 - and - 3 -.
- Disconnect the Ignition Coil electrical harness connectors from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage.
Checking voltage supply
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Checking activation
| CAUTION | Do not touch the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test. |
- Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors.
- Using a diode test lamp , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
- Crank the engine.
The LED should flicker.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK
- Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N324, N325, N326, N327, N328. Refer to --> «28 - IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the LED does not flicker
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d for an open circuit.
| Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N324, N325, N326, N327, N328 electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624 electrical harness connector T60d terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| N324/3 | 58 |
| N325/3 | 56 |
| N326/3 | 41 |
| N327/3 | 57 |
| N328/3 | 43 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 J624. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
Transmission Regulating Electrical Components, Checking
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls component locations. Refer to --> 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool . Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before when touching something made out of metal. The reason for this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical components of the transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on the electrical components! Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector terminals! If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
Safety precautions
| CAUTION | Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Shift selector lever into position -P- and engage parking brake before working with the engine running. |
| CAUTION | Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking
Note. The Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 must be OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Switch the ignition on.
- Depress the brake pedal and maintain depressed.
- Shift the selector lever into all positions.
The selector lever position must correspond to the display of the Control Module with the indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the selector lever position does not correspond to the display of the Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285
Scheme 517
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction and repeat the test sequence.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Transmission Input Speed Sensor, Checking
Note. The Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Checking
Note. The Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking
Note. The Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Solenoid Valve 1, Checking
Note. The Solenoid Valve 1 N88 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking
Note. The Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215 , Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 2 N216 , Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217 , Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218 , Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 5 N233 , and the Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371 are components of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Requirements
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Observe safety precautions.
- Check the electrical harness connector for contact corrosion and ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
- Check the wiring according to the wiring diagram
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Transmission Control Module
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 receives information from the components that affect the shifts and forwards this information to the pressure regulator valves of the mechatronic, which control the slide valves in the valve body.
Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking
Note. The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Requirements
- The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 fuses OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
- The Ground (GND) connections at the transmission OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P".
- All electrical consumers switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test sequence
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, contact corrosion, or ingress of water.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Power Supply Relay (terminal 15) J329 socket 2/87 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Power Supply Relay (terminal 15) J329 socket 2/87 to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 9 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 14 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was obtained
- Check the wiring from the Battery to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 14 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals 13 and 16 to Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
Transmission Control Module, Replacing
Note. The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 is a component of the Mechatronic unit in the transmission and cannot be serviced individually. To achieve optimal anti-theft protection for the vehicle, an anti-theft immobilizer was installed. The anti-theft immobilizer is a system for enabling/locking the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
Work procedure
Check the identification of the previous Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 as follows
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Select "Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information."
- Select the "Test-ID 04: Calibration identification".
- The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 identification will be displayed.
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
- Check the identification of the new Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to ensure it matches the old Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
- Code the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, TCM to ECM, Checking
The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 communicates with all databus capable control modules via a CAN databus.
These databus capable control modules are connected via two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. The central terminal resistor is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 fuses OK.
- The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector - direction of the arrow -.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must remain connected for the following step.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20 C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to --> «24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bsm) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> «ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING»(ref-289211-S12310151752008062700000) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical harness connector T94a for resistance.
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 electrical connector T94a terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 2 (Can_Bus Low) | 67 |
| 6 (Can_Bus High) | 68 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Mechatronic unit in the transmission: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm__readiness-code) .
- End of diagnosis.
On Board Diagnostic
> Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp
Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents
Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related Engine and Transmission DTCs. This table contains all necessary Malfunction Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and Mil. Illumination to accurately monitor and diagnose the Engine Emissions and Transmission and perform all functions required to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool. For a further description of the monitor strategies, a document reference has been provided throughout this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual and can be easily identified as. e.g. --> Bosch Motronic MED 9.1 OBD System Strategy.
This Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual also contains the step by step pin point test procedures to accurately diagnose and repair the suspected component or system once a DTC has been set. All references to repair procedures and wiring diagrams will be found within the diagnostic test procedure and easily identified as. e.g. --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) or --> Wiring Diagrams.
On Board Diagnostic Systems
OBD II
OBD is an abbreviation for the On Board Diagnostic System.
California OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the Northeastern United States have chosen to adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger cars and light trucks up to 6,000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004 MY, Federal vehicle over 8,500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD-II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled Medium Duty Passenger Vehicles (MDPVs) are required to have OBD-II. Federal OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD-II system implementation and operation is described in the remainder of this document.
Serial Data Link Illumination
MIL is an abbreviation for the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).
If the Engine Control Module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions values, it indicates them by lighting the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) which is located in the instrument cluster.
The Engine Control Module (ECM) switches on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) after the ignition is switched on. Shortly after the engine is started, The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) goes out if the Engine Control Module (ECM) does not detect a malfunction that increases the emissions values.
If the Engine Control Module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions during the operation of the engine, the Engine Control Module (ECM) switches on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the Engine Control Module (ECM).
Controller Area Network Data Link
CAN is an abbreviation for Controller Area Network.
The Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with all databus capable control modules via a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules (i.e. Engine Coolant temperature Sensor) are connected via two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages) to the Engine Control Module (ECM). Missing information on the databus is then recognized and stored as a malfunction.
The Engine Control Module (ECM) illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) through the CAN data link and tells the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) to turn on, turn off, or blink.
Diagnostic Modes
The information provided in Modes 01 through 09 displays the various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes , erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.
The following table provides a link to all diagnostic modes that monitor all components and systems which influence the emission quality.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emissions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original measured values (no replacement values), input and output data and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic Mode 1.
Test requirement
- Coolant temperature at least 80 C.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.".
- From the following table, select the desired the "PID" that is to be monitored, e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature".
Note. More than one "PID" may be selected and monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Description |
|---|---|
| 01 | Number of malfunctions in Mode 3/MIL, Status/Readiness status |
| 03 | Fuel System Status |
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 07 | Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 08 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 2/Bank 4 |
| 09 | Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 2/Bank 4 |
| 11 | Intake manifold pressure |
| 12 | Engine speed |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
| 14 | Ignition angle cylinder 1 |
| 15 | Intake air temperature |
| 16 | Air mass |
| 17 | Throttle valve position 1 absolute |
| 18 | Secondary air injection |
| 19 | Location of oxygen sensor LSF |
| 20 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1, Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 1 |
| 21 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 |
| 22 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 1 Sensor 3 |
| 24 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 2 Sensor 1, Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 2 |
| 25 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 2 Sensor 2 |
| 26 | LSF sensor voltage Bank 2 Sensor 3 |
| 28 | OBD requirements |
| 31 | Time since engine start |
| 32 | Supported definition PIDs 33 - 64 |
| 33 | Distance driven with MIL ON |
| 35 | Fuel pressure (rail pressure) |
| 44 | EGR activation |
| 45 | EGR error |
| 46 | Tank ventilation valve activation |
| 48 | No. of WUCs after erasing DTC memory |
| 49 | Distance driven after erasing DTD memory |
| 51 | Ambient pressure |
| 52 | Oxygen sensor actual value Bank 1 - Sensor 1, Oxygen sensor monitoring pump current Bank 1 - Sensor 1 |
| 56 | Oxygen sensor actual value Bank 2 - Sensor 1, Oxygen sensor monitoring pump current Bank 2 - Sensor 1 |
| 58 | Oxygen sensor actual value Bank 4 - Sensor 1, Oxygen sensor monitoring pump current Bank 4 - Sensor 1 |
| 60 | Catalytic converter temperature Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| 61 | Catalytic converter temperature Bank 2 Sensor 1 |
| 64 | Supported definition PIDs 65 - 96 |
| 65 | Monitor status in this driving cycle |
| 66 | Control modules system voltage |
| 67 | Absolute load value |
| 68 | Oxygen sensor specified value |
| 69 | Relative throttle valve position |
| 70 | Ambient temperature |
| 71 | Absolute throttle valve position 2 |
| 73 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 1 |
| 74 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 2 |
| 76 | Throttle valve specified position |
| 86 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 88 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 2/Bank 4 |
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode 07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02 makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the freeze frame data is overwritten.
- Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim malfunction.
- Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any circumstances.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.".
- From the following table, select the desired the "PID" , e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature" that is to be monitored.
Note. More than one "PID" may be selected and monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 02 | Fault code that activated the Freeze Frame save |
| 03 | Fuel system status |
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 07 | Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 08 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 2/Bank 4 |
| 09 | Oxygen sensor adaptation Bank 2/Bank 4 |
| 11 | Intake manifold pressure |
| 12 | Engine speed |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
| 14 | Ignition angle |
| 15 | Intake air temperature |
| 16 | Air mass |
| 17 | Absolute throttle valve position 1 (throttle valve signal 1) |
| 18 | Secondary air injection status |
| 31 | Time since engine start |
| 32 | Supported definition, PIDs 33 - 64 |
| 35 | Fuel pressure (rail pressure) (only FSI) |
| 44 | EGR activation (only EGR designs) |
| 45 | EGR error (only EGR designs) |
| 46 | Tank ventilation valve activation |
| 51 | Ambient pressure |
| 64 | Supported definition, PIDs 65 - 96 |
| 66 | Control modules system voltage |
| 67 | Absolute load value |
| 68 | Oxygen sensor specified value |
| 69 | Relative throttle valve position |
| 70 | Ambient temperature |
| 71 | Absolute throttle valve position 2 (Throttle valve position signal 2) |
| 73 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 1 |
| 74 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 2 ) |
| 76 | Throttle valve specified position |
| 86 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat., Bank 1/Bank 3 |
| 88 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat., Bank 2/Bank 4 |
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in the ECM and in the TCM.
When the Engine Control Module (ECM) recognizes an emission related fault it turns on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or if a Electronic Throttle Malfunction is recognized, the Engine Control Module (ECM) turns on the Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp which are both located in the instrument cluster.
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the DTC code.
P-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P | X | X | X | X | DTC for the drivetrain |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| P | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
| P | 1 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer |
| P | 2 | X | X | X | DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000 |
| P | 3 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer from MY 2000 |
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Repair group | |||||
| P | X | 0 | X | X | Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations |
| P | X | 1 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 2 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 3 | X | X | Ignition system |
| P | X | 4 | X | X | Additional exhaust system |
| P | X | 5 | X | X | Speed and idle control |
| P | X | 6 | X | X | Control module and output signals |
| P | X | 7 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 8 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 9 | X | X | Control modules, input and output signals |
U-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U | X | X | X | X | DTC for network (CAN bus) |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| U | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
Interrogating the Fault Memory
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition to the "ON" position.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ".
- The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Indication example | Explanation |
|---|---|
| P0444 | SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) |
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve | Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component |
| Circuit Open | Malfunction type as next |
Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedure
- SAE P0xxxDTCs. --> «SAE P0xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P1xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P1xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P2xxxDTCs. --> «SAE P2xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P3xxxDTCs. --> «SAE P3xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE U0xxxDTCs, --> «SAE U0xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable)
- MIL Status
- Number of DTCs
- Readiness Bits
- Confirmed DTCs
- Pending DTCs
- DTC that belongs to freeze frame
- Freeze frame data
- Test results of specific diagnostic functions
- Distance driven with MIL ON
- Number of Warm-Up Cycles after erasing the DTC memory
- Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
- Misfire counter
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition to the "ON" position.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ".
- Then select "Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data".
The scan tool will display: "Diagnostic data are being erased".
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results
Note. The diagnostic information for "Diagnostic Mode 5: check lambda test results" is not supported in this section of the 2007 S8 5.2L Generic Scan Tool (GST) service manual and has been moved to "Diagnostic Mode 6: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored" section. Refer to "Diagnostic Mode 6: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored" for the static values of all oxygen sensors and all emission related components --> Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions .
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 05 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for special components and systems which are continuously or not continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete, the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become available or the DTC memory is erased.
The values of the individual test results must reach the specified value or must be within the min. and max. limits.
Note. Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Test requirements
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between catalytic converter and cylinder head.
- No DTCs in the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature at least 80 C.
Work procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select the desired "Test-ID".
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| OBDMID (Hex-ID) | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1 |
| 02 ($02) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2 |
| 05 ($05) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 1 |
| 06 ($06) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 2 |
| 09 ($09) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1 |
| 10 ($0A) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 2 |
| 13 ($0D) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1 |
| 14 ($0E) | Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 2 |
| 33 ($21) | Catalyst Monitor Bank 1 |
| 34 ($22) | Catalyst Monitor Bank 2 |
| 35 ($23) | Catalyst Monitor Bank 3 |
| 36 ($24) | Catalyst Monitor Bank 4 |
| 58 (3A) | EVAP Monitor (0.90) |
| 59 (3B) | EVAP Monitor (0.40) |
| 60 (3C) | EVAP Monitor (0.20) |
| 61 (3D) | Purge Flow Monitor |
| 65 ($41) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1 |
| 66 ($42) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2 |
| 69 ($45) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 1 |
| 70 ($46) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 2 |
| 73 ($49) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1 |
| 74 ($4A) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 2 |
| 77 ($4D) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1 |
| 78 ($4E) | Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 2 |
| 113 ($71) | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Bank 1 |
| 114 ($72) | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Bank 2 |
| 115 ($73) | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Bank 3 |
| 116 ($74) | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Bank 4 |
| 162 ($A2) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data |
| 163 ($A3) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data |
| 164 ($A4) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data |
| 165 ($A5) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data |
| 166 ($A6) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 5 Data |
| 167 ($A7) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 6 Data |
| 168 ($A8) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 7 Data |
| 169 ($A9) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 8 Data |
| 170 ($AA) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 9 Data |
| 171 ($AB) | Mis-Fire Cylinder 10 Data |
OBDMID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 01 ($01)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P0133 | Response Check. | 0.32 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0133 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P2195 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P2195 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P2196 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P2196 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 02 ($02)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 02 ($02) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 07 ($07) | NO DTC | 0.0 V | 450 mV | ||
| 08 ($08) | NO DTC | 450 mV | 1.299 V | ||
| 129 ($81) | P0139 | Signal activity check. | 0 mV | 0.625 V | Refer to DTC P0138 in the DTC table. |
| 130 ($82) | P0139 | Signal activity check. | 0.625 V | 1.299 V | Refer to DTC P0138 in the DTC table. |
| 131 ($83) | P0139 | Fuel cut off check. | 0 V | 0.2016 V | Refer to DTC P0138 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 05 ($05): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 05 ($05)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P0153 | Response Check. | 0.32 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0153 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P2197 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P2197 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P2198 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P2198 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 06 ($06): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 06 ($06)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 02 ($02) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 07 ($07) | NO DTC | 0.0 V | 450 mV | ||
| 08 ($08) | NO DTC | 450 mV | 1.299 V | ||
| 129 ($81) | P0159 | Signal activity check. | 0 mV | 0.625 V | Refer to DTC P0158 in the DTC table. |
| 130 ($82) | P0159 | Signal activity check. | 0.625 V | 1.299 V | Refer to DTC P0158 in the DTC table. |
| 131 ($83) | P0159 | Fuel cut off check. | 0 V | 0.2016 V | Refer to DTC P0158 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 09 ($09): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 09 ($09)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P3209 | Response Check. | 0.32 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P3209 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P3144 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P3144 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P3145 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P3145 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 10 ($0A): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 06 ($06)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 02 ($02) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 07 ($07) | NO DTC | 0.0 V | 450 mV | ||
| 08 ($08) | NO DTC | 450 mV | 1.299 V | ||
| 129 ($81) | P3224 | Signal activity check. | 0 mV | 0.625 V | Refer to DTC P3224 in the DTC table. |
| 130 ($82) | P3224 | Signal activity check. | 0.625 V | 1.299 V | |
| 131 ($83) | P3224 | Fuel cut off check. | 0 V | 0.2016 V |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 13 ($0D): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 13 ($0D)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P3239 | Response Check. | 0.32 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P3239 in the DTC table . |
| 132 ($84) | P3146 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P3146 in the DTC table. |
| 132 ($84) | P3147 | Rationality Check. | 0.05999 | 0.05999 | Refer to DTC P3147 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 14 ($0E): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 14 ($0E)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 02 ($02) | NO DTC | 0.625 V | 0.625 V | ||
| 07 ($07) | NO DTC | 0.0 V | 450 mV | ||
| 08 ($08) | NO DTC | 450 mV | 1.299 V | ||
| 129 ($81) | P3254 | Signal activity check. | 0 mV | 0.625 V | Refer to DTC P3254 in the DTC table. |
| 130 ($82) | P3254 | Signal activity check. | 0.625 V | 1.299 V | |
| 131 ($83) | P3254 | Fuel cut off check. | 0 V | 0.2016 V |
OBDMID 33 ($21): Catalyst Monitor Bank 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 33 ($21)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P0420 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.6 | Refer to DTC P0420 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 34 ($22): Catalyst Monitor Bank 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 34 ($22)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P0430 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.6 | Refer to DTC P0430 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 35 ($23): Catalyst Monitor Bank 3
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 35 ($23)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P3298 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.6 | Refer to DTC P3298 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 36 ($24): Catalyst Monitor Bank 4
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 35 ($23)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P3299 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.6 | Refer to DTC P3299 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 58 ($3A): Fuel Tank EVAP System Leak Test (0.090)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 59 ($3B)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0455 | Fuel Tank Leak Test. Large leak. | 0.95 - 1.1 Seconds | Refer to DTC P0455 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 59 (3B): EVAP Monitor (0.040)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 59 ($3B)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P04442 | Fuel Tank Leak Test. Small Leak. | 1.7 - 2.2 Seconds | Refer to DTC P0442 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 60 (3C): EVAP Monitor (0.020)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 60 ($3C)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P04456 | Fuel Tank Leak Test. Pin hole Leak. | 4 - 5 Seconds | Refer to DTC P0456 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 61 (3D): Tank Vent Valve function check
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 61 ($3D)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0441 | Function Check. | 0.1 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0441 in the DTC table. |
| 130 ($82) | NO DTC | 0.035 | 10.0 | ||
| 130 ($82) | NO DTC | 10.0 | 0.035 |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 65 ($41): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 65 ($41)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P0135 | Readiness Check. | 684.998°C | 1200°C | Refer to DTC P0135 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 66 ($42): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 66 ($42)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0141 | Readiness Check. | 0 | 7 -10 | Refer to DTC P0141 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 69 ($45): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 69 ($45)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P0155 | Readiness Check. | 684.998°C | 1200°C | Refer to DTC P0155 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 70 ($46): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 70 ($46)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0161 | Readiness Check. | 0 | 7 -10 | Refer to DTC P0161 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 73 ($49): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 73 ($49)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P3252 | Readiness Check. | 684.998°C | 1200°C | Refer to DTC P3252 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 74 ($4A): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 70 ($46)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P3218 | Readiness Check. | 0 | 7 -10 | Refer to DTC P3218 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 77 ($4D): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 77 ($4D)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P3153 | Readiness Check. | 684.998°C | 1200°C | Refer to DTC P3153 in the DTC table. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 78 ($4E): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 78 ($4E)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P3248 | Readiness Check. | 0 | 7 -10 | Refer to DTC P3248 in the DTC table . |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID $71 (113): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System 1 (Bank 1)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 71 ($113)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0491 | Function Check. | 0.0468 | Refer to DTC P0491 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID $72 (114): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System 2 (Bank 2)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 72 ($114)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0492 | Function Check. | 0.0468 | Refer to DTC P0492 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID $73 (115): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System 3 (Bank 3)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 115 ($73)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P1497 | Function Check. | 0.0468 | Refer to DTC P1497 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID $74 (116): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System 4 (Bank 4)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 116 ($74)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P1498 | Function Check. | 0.0468 | Refer to DTC P1498 in the DTC table. |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 162 ($A2): Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 162 ($A2)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0301 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0301 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 163 ($A3): Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 163 ($A3)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0302 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0302 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 164 ($A4): Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 164 ($A4)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0303 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0303 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 165 ($A5): Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 165 ($A5)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0304 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0304 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 166 ($A6): Mis-Fire Cylinder 5 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 166 ($A6)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0305 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0305 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0305 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0305 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 167 ($A7): Mis-Fire Cylinder 6 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 167 ($A7)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0306 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0306 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0306 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0306 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
OBDMID 168 ($A8): Mis-Fire Cylinder 7 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "OBDMID 168 ($A8)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0307 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0307 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0307 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0307 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 169 ($A9): Mis-Fire Cylinder 8 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 169 ($A9)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0308 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0308 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0308 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0308 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 170 ($AA): Mis-Fire Cylinder 9 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 170 ($AA)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0309 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0309 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0309 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0309 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 171 ($AB): Mis-Fire Cylinder 10 Data
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 171 ($AB)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0310 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0310 in the DTC table. | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0310 | Crankshaft speed fluctuation, single or multiple misfire check. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0310 in the DTC table. | |
- If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output via Mode 07).
- If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and the MIL is activated.
- If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be deleted at the end of the driving cycle.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.
- Select "Mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored".
The number of pending DTCs or "0 malfunctions detected" will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
- Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedure
- SAE P0xxx DTCs --> «SAE P0xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P1xxx DTCs --> «SAE P1xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P2xxx DTCs --> «SAE P2xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE P3xxx DTCs --> «SAE P3xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- SAE U0xxx DTCs --> «SAE U0xxx DTCs»(/audi/s8/d3-2007-2011/remont/cooling-fan/#52l-10-cyl-4v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bsm) .
- Switch the ignition off.
Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board system, test or component ON or OFF for a specific period of time. The service can also be used to request system status or to report test results.
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01 is used to determine if the evaporative system may be leaking.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 08 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Note. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted.
Test requirements
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60 C.
- Coolant temperature 80 to 110 C.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 to 16.0%.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
- Select "Mode 8: Tank Leak Test".
- Select "Test-ID 01: Tank Leak Test".
- Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
- The following will be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Tank leak test | Specified value | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Test function active Test function is being initiated, please wait Test off Test aborted | Test OK | |||||
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value is obtained
- Refer to "Diagnostic mode 03: Interrogating fault memory " to check for any DTCs that may be stored.
- To repeat the tank test, switch the ignition off and start the engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Test requirement
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Select "Mode 09: Vehicle information".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all "Test-IDs" that may be selected.
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text |
|---|---|
| 02 | Vehicle identification number e.g. |
| A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle | |
| 04 | Calibration identification e.g. |
| Engine Control Module (ECM) | |
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) | |
| 06 | CVN (check sum) e.g. |
| EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version | |
| 000D105 | |
| 08 | In Use Performance Tracking |
- Switch the ignition off.
- End of diagnosis.
Readiness Code
Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.
If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturers instruction manual for correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC memory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new readiness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General Recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a steady-foot and smooth acceleration during the drive cycle operation, cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating Conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature must be between 10 C and 35 C with a difference between them no greater than 4 C. The ambient air temperature must not change more than 4 C during the drive cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in the winter).
Test requirements
- Erase the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature must be between 80°C and 110°C.
- The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) must be between 10°C and 35°C.
- Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
- Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.
| CAUTION | When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention to driving conditions and please observe and obey all posted speed limits. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or possible death. |
Drive Cycle Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.
- Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2S Heater, Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge system monitors.
- Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7-minute period, avoid stopping. This executes the EVAP, O2S, Fuel Trim, and Misfire monitors.
- Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM (with automatic transmission use the tip-tronic mode); lift off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 RPM. This executes the fuel cut off
- Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise constantly for 5 min, this executes the Catalyst; O2S, Misfire, Fuel Trim, and Purge System monitors.
- Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This executes the Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge system monitors.
- Check the status of the readiness code.
Note. Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may be displayed as complete, passed or OK.
- If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Note. When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed EVAP monitor or thermostat-monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10 C and 35 C with a difference between them no greater than 4 C is observed and repeat the drive cycle operation.
If the drive cycle operation fails again.
- Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
- Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
- Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.
- End of operation.
DTC Tables
Fuel, air mixture, and additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P000A | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Adjustment angle difference 6°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. Camshaft position change, >4°CA | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P000B | Intake (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Adjustment angle difference 6°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. Camshaft position change, >4°CA | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P000C | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Adjustment angle difference 6°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. Camshaft position change, >4°CA | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P000D | Intake (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Adjustment angle difference 6°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. Camshaft position change, >4°CA | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P008A | Fuel System Pressure Sensor Low pressure system | Check Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410. Refer to --> Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Actual pressure, 0.08 MPa | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P008B | Fuel System Pressure Sensor Low pressure system | Check Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410. Refer to --> Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Actual pressure, > 0.08 MPa | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0010 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit/Open (Bank 1) | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Signal voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Camshaft valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0011 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Adjustment angle difference >10°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0013 | "B" Camshaft Position - Actuator Circuit Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Signal voltage 4.45.6 V | Camshaft valve, Off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0014 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Adjustment angle difference >10°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0016 | Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor A | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Adaptive value at limit >11°CA | Engine speed, 1000 RPM Engine load, 30% ECT, -15110°C Time after engine start, >5 Sec. | 0.6 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0017 | Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor B | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Adaptive value at limit >11°CA | Engine speed, 1000 RPM Engine load, 30% ECT, -15110°C Time after engine start, >5 Sec. | 0.6 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0018 | Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 2 Sensor A | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Adaptive value at limit >11°CA | Engine speed, 1000 RPM Engine load, 30% ECT, -15110°C Time after engine start, >5 Sec. | 0.6 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0019 | Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 2 Sensor B | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Adaptive value at limit >11°CA | Engine speed, 1000 RPM Engine load, 30% ECT, -15110°C Time after engine start, >5 Sec. | 0.6 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0020 | "A" Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Signal voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Camshaft valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0021 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 2) | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Adjustment angle difference >10°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0023 | "B" Camshaft Position - Actuator Circuit Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Signal voltage 4.45.6 V | Camshaft valve, Off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0024 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Adjustment angle difference >10°CA/s | Engine speed, >550 RPM ECT, >-7.5°C Time after engine start, >3.5 Sec. Number of checks 3 Time length for more than 1.5 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater | Signal voltage 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater | Signal voltage 2.15-2.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater | Heater current, > 2.2 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0036 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Heater voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal current, > 3 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0050 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater | Signal voltage 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0051 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater | Signal voltage 2.15-2.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0052 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater | Heater current, > 2.2 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0056 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking | Heater voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0057 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0058 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking | Signal current, > 3 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0087 | Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low | Check Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410. Refer to --> Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking | Pressure control activity, > 0.55 MPa Fuel trim activity, 0.9-1.3 | Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge flow, 1 kg/h Fuel cut off, Not active Engine speed, 15004000 RPM P12A1 check, Passed Engine load, >40% | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0089 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Performance | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking | Difference between actual pressure - Target pressure -0.2 MPa Difference between actual pressure - Target pressure >0.15 MPa Pressure control activity >0.350 -0.250 MPa | Time after engine start, 60 Sec. Fuel cut off, Not active Time after fuel cut off, 20 Sec. Time after engine start, 60 Sec. | 3 Seconds 5 Seconds 50 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Ignition system
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0300 | Random Misfire Detected | Check fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N30. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N70. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N31. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N127. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N32. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N291. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N33. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N292. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0305 | Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N83. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N323. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0306 | Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N84. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N324. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0307 | Cylinder 7 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N85. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N325. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0308 | Cylinder 8 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N86. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N326. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0309 | Cylinder 9 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N299. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N327. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0310 | Cylinder 10 Misfire Detected | Check fuel injector N300. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N328. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . Check Spark plugs. Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pump delivery and quantity. Refer to --> Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking . Check Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure before high pressure fuel pumps. Refer to --> 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) | Emission threshold 1st interval %(MR), > 2.0% Emission threshold misfire rate (MR), > 2.0% Catalyst damage misfire rate (MR), > 5 -10% | Time after engine start, Idle-150 RPM + 1 camshaft rev. Engine speed range, idle150-7000 RPM Engine torque, > 0 (Nm) Fuel cut off, Not active ECT at start, > -9°C If ECT at start, -9°C then wait until actual ECT, > 18°C | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | Continuous 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0321 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/Performance | Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking . | Counted versus referenced teeth, > 1 Reference gap during engine start, not detected Teeth during engine start, detected Reverence gap at normal operation, lost | Engine speed, >0 RPM Crankshaft revolutions, 2 revs | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0322 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking . | Engine speed, No signal Phase signal, O.K. | Camshaft revolutions, 4 revs | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 1 . | Phase changes last 10 revs 11 or > 13 | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0342 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 1 . | Signal low voltage, 10 Rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0343 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 1 . | Signal voltage high, 10 rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0346 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 2 . | Phase changes last 10 revs 11 or > 13 | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0347 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Low Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 2 . | Signal low voltage, 10 Rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0348 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit High Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 2 . | Signal voltage high, 10 rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0351 | Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N70. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0352 | Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N127. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0353 | Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N291. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0354 | Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N292. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0355 | Ignition Coil "E" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N323. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0356 | Ignition Coil "F" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N324. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0357 | Ignition Coil "G" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N325. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0358 | Ignition Coil "H" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N326. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0359 | Ignition Coil "I" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N327. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0360 | Ignition Coil "J" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N328. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal current, 4.95-8.82 mA | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0366 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 3 . | Phase changes last 10 revs 11 or > 13 | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0367 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Low Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 3 . | Signal low voltage, 10 Rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0368 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 3 . | Signal voltage high, 10 rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0391 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Range/Performance Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 4 . | Phase changes last 10 revs 11 or > 13 | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0392 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Low Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 4 . | Signal low voltage, 10 Rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0393 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit High Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to --> Camshaft Position Sensor 4 . | Signal voltage high, 10 rev. | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional exhaust regulation
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0418 | Secondary Air Injection System Control "A" Circuit | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking . | Signal voltage 4.45.6 V | Pump relay, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 1 DCY |
| P0420 | Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | 1.0 | Ambient Temp. > -10°C Delta mass airflow 15 kg/h/s EVAP purge flow 30% Mass air flow 30-100 kg/h Engine speed, 1000-2200 RPM Catalyst temp. 400-630°C Delta catalyst temp - 15 k/s | 60 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0430 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold Bank 2 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | 1.0 | Ambient Temp. > -10°C Delta mass airflow 15 kg/h/s EVAP purge flow 30% Mass air flow 30-100 kg/h Engine speed, 1000-2200 RPM Catalyst temp. 400-630°C Delta catalyst temp - 15 k/s | 60 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0441 | Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge Flow | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Leak Checking . | Deviation lambda control 3.5% Deviation idle control 20% | Engine speed, Idle Engine speed deviation, 80 RPM Time after engine start >615 Sec. ECT >59.25°C Or substitute ECT >59.25°C IAT >5.25°C IAT at start >5.25°C Altitude 2600 M | 25 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Leak Checking . | Time for pressure drop 1.7-2.2 Seconds | EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Number of diagnostic attempts, 5 Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive | 140 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0444 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . | Signal voltage > 4.4- 5.6 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0449 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve/Solenoid Circuit | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . | Signal voltage > 4.4- 5.5 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0455 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (gross leak/no flow) | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Leak Checking . | Time for pressure drop 0.95 -1.1 Seconds | EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Number of diagnostic attempts, 5 Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive | 280 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak) | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Leak Checking . | Time for pressure drop, 4 - 5 Seconds | EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Number of diagnostic attempts, 5 Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive Additional: Vehicle speed, 2593 MPH Vehicle acceleration, 3 m/s2 Delta ambient pressure, 0.2 kPa Delta engine load, 36%/seg. | 140 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Leak Checking . | Signal voltage, 3.25.. 2.15 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . | Signal current, > 2.2 A | EVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine speed, > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0491 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 1 | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking . Check Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR). Refer to Engine Mechanical 26 Secondary Air Injection, Servicing. | Relative secondary air mass flow 0.047 Relative secondary sir mass flow , 0.05 | Mass air flow, 24140 kg/h ECT, 5.360°C IAT, >5.3°C Altitude, 2600 m Delta engine load, 7%/rev Functional check, ready, no faults Flow Check Mass air flow ( ), 1460 kg/h Vehicle speed, 3.1 MPH Mass air integral after start, >3 Kg Delta engine load, 10%/rev Engine speed, idle | 3060 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0492 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 2 | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking . Check Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR). Refer to Engine Mechanical 26 Secondary Air Injection, Servicing. | Relative secondary air mass flow 0.047 Relative secondary sir mass flow , 0.05 | Mass air flow, 24140 kg/h ECT, 5.360°C IAT, >5.3°C Altitude, 2600 m Delta engine load, 7%/rev Functional check, ready, no faults Flow Check Mass air flow ( ), 1460 kg/h Vehicle speed, 3.1 MPH Mass air integral after start, >3 Kg Delta engine load, 10%/rev Engine speed, idle | 3060 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0498 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Control Circuit Low | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking . | Signal Voltage, 3.01 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0499 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Control Circuit High | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking . | Signal current, 2.7-5.5 A | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Speed and idle control
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to --> VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | VSS signal, 2.5 MPH | Fuel cut off, Active Engine speed, 1120-4520 RPM ECT, >39.75°C | 2.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Modules. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . | Engine speed deviation, -80 RPM AND Idle controller at upper limit 4.98% | Engine speed, idle Accelerator PP, 0% Vehicle speed, 0 MPH EVAP purge valve, Closed Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >-7°C ECT, >60°C Engine load, 40% | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Modules. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . | Engine speed deviation,>80 RPM AND Idle controller at lower limit -4% | Engine speed, idle Accelerator PP, 0% Fuel cut off, Not active Vehicle speed, 0 MPH EVAP purge valve, Closed Altitude, 2600 m ECT, >60°C | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0601 | Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Internal check sum, incorrect | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0602 | Control Module Programming Error | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Reprogramming not completed | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Write ability check, failed | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0606 | ECM/PCM Processor | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Sensor offset correction >0.1 V Sensor IC power supply voltage 9 V Communication CPU sensor IC Failed Delta resistance measured vs. modeled >15 Ohm Signal voltage 0.2 V Signal voltage >4.88 V Drive by wire module check failed EEPROM check failed Engine torque out of range Engine operation condition out of range | Engine speed, Idle >2 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM | 10 Seconds 0.2 Seconds 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0613 | TCM Processor | Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Check-calculation of 1st CPU failed, Single reset does not cover problem | |||
| P0614 | ECM/TCM Incompatible | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Detection of error signal | CAN bus, Active ECU communication, Active ECU data update, Active | 250 ms | |
| P062B | Injector Valves Communication CPU | Check Fuel Injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Engine speed, >80 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance - Bank 1 | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | Time to open over reference point + 12%, > 0.14 Sec. Time to close below reference point, + 3%, > 0.56 Sec. Time to close below reference point + 1%, > 0.14 Sec. Time to close over reference point, -1.5%, > 0.56 Sec. TPS 1 signal voltage, 0.21 V TPS 2 signal voltage, 4.14 V | Ignition, On Engine speed, 0 RPM IAT, >5°C Vehicle speed, 0 MPH ECT, >5°C | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0639 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance Bank 2 | Check Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module 2 . | Duty cycle >80% AND ECM power stage No Failure Deviation throttle valve angles vs. calculated values >4-50% | 0.5 Seconds 0.6 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0641 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit/Open | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Internal Fault | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0642 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit Low | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, 4.606-4.998 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0643 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit High | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, >4.998-5.406 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0651 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit/Open | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Internal Fault | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0652 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit Low | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, 4.606-4.998 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0653 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit High | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, >4.998-5.406 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0657 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit/Open | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal voltage, > 4.4-5.6 V | Relay, Commanded off Engine speed, > 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0658 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit Low | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Relay, Commanded off Engine speed, 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0659 | Actuator Supply Voltage "A" Circuit High | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal current >1.1 A | Relay, Commanded on Engine speed, 40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0685 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/Open | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, 6 V | Main relay, Commanded on ECM keep alive time | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0686 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, >6 V | Main relay, Commanded on ECM keep alive time | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0687 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit High | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Signal current, >0.7-1.4 A Sense circuit voltage, 6 V | Main relay, Commanded on ECM keep alive time | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0688 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit | Check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . | Sense voltage, 4.0 V Sense circuit voltage vs. on board voltage >1V Sense circuit voltage >16 V Sense circuit voltage vs. on board voltage >2.5 V | Main relay, Commanded on ECM keep alive time ECM keep alive time Camshaft actuator, Commanded on | 1 Second 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0697 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit/Open | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Internal Fault | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0698 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit Low | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, 4.606-4.998 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0699 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit High | Replace the faulty Engine Control Module (ECM). Refer to --> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING . | Signal voltage, >4.998-5.406 V | 0.4 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Transmission
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0705 | Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Malfunction (PRNDL Input) | Check Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125. Refer to --> Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking . | Sensor supply, > 6.5110 V Status, OK | 0.1 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0706 | Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125. Refer to --> Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking . | 4 bit position code, incorrect | Sensor supply, > 6.5110 V Status, OK | 0.1 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0707 | Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low | Check Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125. Refer to --> Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking . | Sensor supply, > 6.5110 V Status, OK | 0.1 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0708 | Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High | Check Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 --> Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking . | Sensor supply, > 6.5110 V Status, OK | 0.1 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0710 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to --> Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking . | Sensor short circuit: U_sensor (+), and U_sensor (-) diagnosis by ASIC | 1.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0711 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to --> Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking . | Discontinual temperature: ATF temperature delta T between 2 measurements, >20°C Sensor stuck: Comparision ATF vs. chip temperature, ATF temp. must follow chip temp. in certain ranges, 25-40°C | Temperature fault, no other fault detected Chip temperature, status OK Engine speed or input speed, > 400 RPM Signal status, OK | 1.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0712 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Low | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to --> Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking . | Circuit low: U_sensor (+), and U_sensor (-) diagnosis by ASIC | 1.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0713 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit High | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to --> Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking . | Circuit high: U_sensor (+), and U_sensor (-) diagnosis by ASIC | 1.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0714 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Intermittent | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to --> Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking . | Circuit high: U_sensor (+), and U_sensor (-) diagnosis by ASIC | 1.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0716 | Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182. Refer to --> Transmission Input Speed Sensor, Checking . | Signal higher or lower than threshold Higher, > + 8000 RPM Lower, 20 RPM | Higher: Sensor supply, OK Sensor, no electrical error Lower: Sensor supply, OK Engine speed, >600 RPM Status engine speed, OK Output speed, >500 RPM Status output speed, OK or substitute value Range position, OK or substitute value Sensor, no electrical error Transmission condition, friction-locked Error flag fnabvra_err, not set | 0.6 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0717 | Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Circuit No Signal | Check Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182. Refer to --> Transmission Input Speed Sensor, Checking . | Hardware detection | Sensor supply, OK | 0.6 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0721 | Output Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | Check Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195. Refer to --> Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Checking . | Signal> threshold, > 10000 RPM Difference between last and actual value >threshold, -1000 RPM Difference to wheel speeds, > 500 RPM and input speed, > 200 RPM | Sensor supply, OK Sensor, no electrical error Transmission condition, friction-locked Input speed sensor, OK Difference between output speed and input speed, > 200 RPM Transmission condition, friction-locked backwards or forwards Shift flag, = 0 (no shift) Input speed, OK Sensor supply, OK Wheel speeds, OK | 0.8 Seconds 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0722 | Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal | Check Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195. Refer to --> Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Checking . | Hardware detection | Sensor supply, OK | 0.6 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0727 | Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | Check the wiring connection Between Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking . | CAN message signal error flag, =1 | Ignition, on CAN Bus, OK DME CAN connection, OK | 1 Second | Continuous Immediate |
| P0741 | Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Performance or Stuck Off | Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking . Check Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182. Refer to --> Transmission Input Speed Sensor, Checking . Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Rate of (setting of nominal value) - actual value, > 50 RPM | Status of clutch, closed or closed loop control | 15 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0746 | Pressure Control Solenoid 'A Performance or Stuck Off | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0747 | Pressure Control Solenoid 'A Stuck On | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0748 | Pressure Control Solenoid 'A Electrical | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Current higher or lower than threshold, > 220 mA EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0751 | Shift Solenoid A Performance or Stuck Off | Check Solenoid Valve 1 N88. Refer to --> Solenoid Valve 1, Checking . | If PWM = 0%, diagnosis by ASIC if 0% = PWM , 7.6% voltage return lead (low), 0.75 V if 7.6% = PWM , 92.4% voltage return lead (high), 0.75 V if 7.6% = PWM , 92.4% voltage return lead (low), 0.75 V | High side FET voltage drop, = 1 V high side FET, enabled low side FET, enabled | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0752 | Shift Solenoid Stuck On | Check Solenoid Valve 1 N88. Refer to --> Solenoid Valve 1, Checking . | If PWM = 100%, diagnosis by ASIC if 7.6% = PWM = 100% voltage return lead (high), >0.3 V | High side FET voltage drop, = 1 V high side FET, enabled low side FET, enabled | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0754 | Shift Solenoid "A" Intermittent | Check Solenoid Valve 1 N88. Refer to --> Solenoid Valve 1, Checking . | If PWM = 0%, diagnosis by ASIC if 0% = PWM , 7.6% voltage return lead (low), 0.75 V if 7.6% = PWM , 92.4% voltage return lead (high), 0.75 V if 7.6% = PWM , 92.4% voltage return lead (low), 0.75 V | High side FET voltage drop, = 1 V high side FET, enabled low side FET, enabled | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0776 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Performance or Stuck Off | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0777 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Stuck On | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0778 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Electrical | Check ATF level. Refer to Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Current higher or lower than threshold, 730 mA EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0796 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Performance or Stuck Off | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0797 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Stuck On | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0798 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Electrical | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Current higher or lower than threshold, >220 mA EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0889 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Range/Performance | Check Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | FET drive, not possible | Filtered battery voltage, >6.75 V High side and low side FET, enabled Status counter initialization, 0 or 1 | 0.03 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0890 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Low | Check Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Solenoid power supply voltage, 1.4 V Drop voltage over high side FET, > 1 V | Filtered battery voltage, >6.75 V High side and low side FET, enabled Status counter initialization, 0 or 1 | 0.03 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0891 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High | Check Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Hardware detection | Filtered battery voltage, >6.75 V High side and low side FET, enabled Status counter initialization, 0 or 1 | 0.03 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0892 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Intermittent | Check Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | Hardware detection | Filtered battery voltage, >6.75 V High side and low side FET, enabled Status counter initialization, 0 or 1 | 0.03 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P1009 | Air mass meter 1/2 implausible signal from load detection (Via throttle position and engine speed map) | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking . | Total mass air flow vs. lower threshold map 0-192.8 kg/h OR Total mass air flow vs. upper threshold map >114.4-168 kg/h Total mass air flow vs. calculated mass air flow >20 % AND Fuel system (mult) -15% OR Total mass air flow vs. calculated mass air flow -20% AND Fuel system (mult) >15% | Time after engine start, 20 camshaft revs Lambda control, Closed loop Engine load, >14.25% Throttle position, No fuel load ECT, >59.25°C Or Substitute ECT | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1075 | Oxygen sensor control, emissions-bank 3 System too lean | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | (Additive) Adaptive value >5 % (Multiplicative) Adaptive value >15% | Additive Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Engine speed, 520-680 RPM Mass air flow, 7-15 kg/h Delta fuel adaptation, 0.234 Multiplicative Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Mass air flow, 40-320 kg/h Engine speed, 1200-3120 RPM Engine load, 25-48% Delta fuel adaptation, 0.05 | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1076 | Oxygen sensor control, emissions-bank 3 System too rich | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | (Additive) Adaptive value >5 % (Multiplicative) Adaptive value >15% | Additive Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Engine speed, 520-680 RPM Mass air flow, 7-15 kg/h Delta fuel adaptation, 0.234 Multiplicative Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Mass air flow, 40-320 kg/h Engine speed, 1200-3120 RPM Engine load, 25-48% Delta fuel adaptation, 0.05 | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1077 | Oxygen sensor control, emissions-bank 4 System too lean | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | (Additive) Adaptive value >5 % (Multiplicative) Adaptive value >15% | Additive Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Engine speed, 520-680 RPM Mass air flow, 7-15 kg/h Delta fuel adaptation, 0.234 Multiplicative Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Mass air flow, 40-320 kg/h Engine speed, 1200-3120 RPM Engine load, 25-48% Delta fuel adaptation, 0.05 | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1078 | Oxygen sensor control, emissions-bank 4 System too rich | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | (Additive) Adaptive value >5 % (Multiplicative) Adaptive value >15% | Additive Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Engine speed, 520-680 RPM Mass air flow, 7-15 kg/h Delta fuel adaptation, 0.234 Multiplicative Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge valve, Closed ECT, > 80°C IAT, 80°C Mass air flow, 40-320 kg/h Engine speed, 1200-3120 RPM Engine load, 25-48% Delta fuel adaptation, 0.05 | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1647 | Checking coding/versions of control modules in CAN-bus | Check CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | 2.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| P117C | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 3 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P117D | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 3 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P117E | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 4 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P117F | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 4 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P118A | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error Bank 3, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Internal voltage 3.7-4.8 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM Fuel cut off, Not active Lambda set point, 1.6 O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Low fuel signal On Than wait >600 Sec. | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P118B | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error Bank 4, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | Internal voltage 3.7-4.8 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM Fuel cut off, Not active Lambda set point, 1.6 O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Low fuel signal On Than wait >600 Sec. | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P12A1 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor High Pressure System | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Pressure control activity >0.15MPa Fuel trim activity 0.85 | Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge flow, 1 kg/h Engine speed, 500900 RPM Engine load, 1027% Fuel cut off, Not active | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P12A2 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor High Pressure System | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Pressure control activity -0.2 MPa Fuel trim activity >1.3 | Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge flow, 1 kg/h Engine speed, 500900 RPM Engine load, 1027% Fuel cut off, Not active | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P12A4 | Fuel Rail Pressure Control valve | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Pressure control activity -7.0 MPa Fuel trim activity 0.91.7 | Lambda control, Closed loop EVAP purge flow, 1 kg/h Engine speed, 500900 RPM Engine load, 1027% | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P129B | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage 2.3 - 2.7 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P129C | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Low | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage 1.8- 2.2 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P129D | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit High | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage >3.9 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded on Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P1497 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 3 | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking . Check Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR). Refer to Engine Mechanical 26 Secondary Air Injection, Servicing. | Relative secondary air mass flow 0.047 Relative secondary sir mass flow , 0.05 | Mass air flow, 24140 kg/h ECT, 5.360°C IAT, >5.3°C Altitude, 2600 m Delta engine load, 7%/rev Functional check, ready, no faults Flow Check Mass air flow ( ), 1460 kg/h Vehicle speed, 3.1 MPH Mass air integral after start, >3 Kg Delta engine load, 10%/rev Engine speed, idle | 3060 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P1498 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 4 | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking . Check Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR). Refer to Engine Mechanical 26 Secondary Air Injection, Servicing. | Relative secondary air mass flow 0.047 Relative secondary sir mass flow , 0.05 | Mass air flow, 24140 kg/h ECT, 5.360°C IAT, >5.3°C Altitude, 2600 m Delta engine load, 7%/rev Functional check, ready, no faults Flow Check Mass air flow ( ), 1460 kg/h Vehicle speed, 3.1 MPH Mass air integral after start, >3 Kg Delta engine load, 10%/rev Engine speed, idle | 3060 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P1702 | Impossible combination of substitute functions or not allowed actuating of valves | Replace Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . | SW functions: actuating solenoid valves colliding with 2 substitute functions with same priority as driven solenoid valves that have short circuit to supply or interruption | 0.02 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2008 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Open Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage >4.45.6 V | Runner flaps, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2009 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage 2.153.25 V | Runner flaps, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2010 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal current >2.2 A | Runner flaps, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2014 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage, 0.2 V | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2015 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Deviation runner flaps position vs. calculated position, >20% | ECT, >-10°C Engine speed, >400 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2017 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage >4.8 V | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2019 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 2 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G512. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage, 0.2 V | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2020 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Range/Performance Bank 2 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G512. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Deviation runner flaps position vs. calculated position, >20% | ECT, >-10°C Engine speed, >400 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2022 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit High Bank 2 | Check Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G512. Refer to --> Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2, Checking . Check Intake Flap Motor V157. Refer to --> Intake Door Motor, Checking . Check Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor V183. Refer to --> Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking . | Signal voltage >4.8 V | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2088 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Camshaft valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2089 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 . | Signal current, >2.2 A | Camshaft valve, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2090 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Signal voltage 2.15-3.25 | Camshaft valve, Off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2091 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust . | Signal current, >2.2 A | Camshaft valve, On Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2092 | "A" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Signal current, >2.2 A | Camshaft valve, commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2093 | "A" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 . | Signal current, >2.2 A | Camshaft valve, commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2094 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Signal voltage 2.15-3.25 | Camshaft valve, Off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2095 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 2 | Check Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319. Refer to --> Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust . | Signal current, >2.2 A | Camshaft valve, On Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 15-60 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2098 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 2 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 10-40 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2099 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 2 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Deviation lambda control > -0.03% | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, 7% Lambda set point, 1 Catalyst temperature, 350850°C Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% Mass air flow, 10-40 kg/h | 30 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air ratio
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Modules. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . | Duty cycle >80% AND ECM power stage No Failure Deviation throttle valve angles vs. calculated values >4-50% | 0.5 Seconds 0.6 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced Limited Power | Check the Throttle Valve Control Modules. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . | Duty cycle >80% AND ECM power stage Failure | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. Refer to --> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 0.625 V | 0.2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. Refer to --> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >4.82 V | 0.2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. Refer to --> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage 0.43 V | 0.2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. Refer to --> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >4.92 V | 0.2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D/E Voltage Correlation | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. Refer to --> TP SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, sensor 1 vs. Sensor 2 >0.195-1.13 V | Signal voltage sensor 1, >0.84 V sensor 2, >08.4 V | 0.24 Seconds. | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2146 | Fuel Injector Group A Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2149 | Fuel Injector Group B Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2152 | Fuel Injector Group C Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2155 | Fuel Injector Group D Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P216A | Fuel Injector Group "E" Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P216D | Fuel Injector Group "F" Supply Voltage Circuit/Open | Check Fuel injectors. Refer to --> FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, 2.6 A Signal current >14.9 A | Injection valves, Commanded on Engine speed >40 RPM Low side signal current >2.7 A Injection valve, commanded off Engine speed >40 RPM | 0.2 seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2181 | Cooling System Performance | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking . Check Coolant Pump V50 Engine Mechanical 19 Cooling System Components Check Coolant Thermostat. Engine Mechanical 19 Cooling System Components. | ECT 75°C Mass air integral 4-15 Kg | ECT at start, -7-60°C ECT, >40°C Average vehicle speed, 037 MPH IAT, -760°C Accum. fuel cut off, 85134 Sec. Delta ambient pressure, 1.5 kPa Vehicle speed, 75 MPH Average value: Vehicle speed, 21-75 MPH Mass air flow, >20.8100.8 kg/h Mass air flow, 44.8120 kg/h | 1200 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2195 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Lean - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | Trim control post catalyst >0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1560 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2196 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Rich - Bank 2, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | Trim control post catalyst -0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1040 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2197 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Trim control post catalyst >0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1560 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2198 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 2 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Trim control post catalyst -0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1040 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2231 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater | Delta O2S signal front >0.2-0.498 V Elapsed time since last O2S 0.05 Sec. Heater switch on | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 800°C Heater duty cycle, >5% Delta engine load, 3.0% For at least, 0.5 Sec. Catalyst heating, Not active SAI, Not active | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2234 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater | Delta O2S signal front >0.2-0.498 V Elapsed time since last O2S 0.05 Sec. Heater switch on | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 800°C Heater duty cycle, >5% Delta engine load, 3.0% For at least, 0.5 Sec. Catalyst heating, Not active SAI, Not active | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2237 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | Mass air integral in exhaust gas >0.2 kg Fuel cut off active >3 Sec. O2S signal front 1.7 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front 1.491.5 V Delta lambda value setting >0.1 | Lambda control, Closed loop O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Electrical adjustment, Not active O2S front signal, 1.491.51 V Lambda value, 0.97 or >1.03 Engine speed, >25 RPM Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C Lambda control, Closed loop Heater control, Closed loop Electrical adjustment, Not active Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C | 3 Seconds 5 Seconds 1.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2240 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | Mass air integral in exhaust gas >0.2 kg Fuel cut off active >3 Sec. O2S signal front 1.7 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front 1.491.5 V Delta lambda value setting >0.1 | Lambda control, Closed loop O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Electrical adjustment, Not active O2S front signal, 1.491.51 V Lambda value, 0.97 or >1.03 Engine speed, >25 RPM Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C Lambda control, Closed loop Heater control, Closed loop Electrical adjustment, Not active Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C | 3 Seconds 5 Seconds 1.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2243 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | O2S signal front >4.7 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.2 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2247 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | O2S signal front >4.7 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.2 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2251 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | O2S signal front 1.471.53 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.03 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm Modeled exhaust temp, 750°C | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2254 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | O2S signal front 1.471.53 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.03 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm Modeled exhaust temp, 750°C | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2257 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit Low | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking . | Signal voltage 2.153.25 V | Pump relay, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 1 DCY |
| P2258 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit High | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking . | Signal current >1.1 A | Pump relay, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 1 DCY |
| P2293 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Performance | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Difference between actual pressure - Target pressure >1.5 MPa | Time after engine start and fuel cut off, 10 Sec. Fuel cut off, Not active | 3 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2294 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage 2.3 - 2.7 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2295 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Low | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage 1.8- 2.2 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2296 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit High | Check Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Refer to --> Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage >3.9 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded on Engine relay, Commanded on | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2300 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N70. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2301 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N70. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2303 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N127. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2304 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N127. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2306 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N291. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2307 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N291. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2309 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N292. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2310 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N292. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2312 | Ignition Coil E Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N323. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2313 | Ignition Coil E Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N323. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2315 | Ignition Coil F Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N324. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2316 | Ignition Coil F Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N324. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2318 | Ignition Coil G Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N325. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2319 | Ignition Coil G Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N325. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2321 | Ignition Coil H Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N326. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2322 | Ignition Coil H Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N326. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2324 | Ignition Coil "I" Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N327. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2325 | Ignition Coil "I" Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N327. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2327 | Ignition Coil "J" Primary Control Circuit Low | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N328. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage 0.5-1.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2328 | Ignition Coil "J" Primary Control Circuit High | Check Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N328. Refer to --> Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage, Checking . | Signal voltage >5.2-6.0 V | Engine speed, 1400-7000 RPM Ignition, Synchronized | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional emission regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2400 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/Open | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . | Signal voltage > 4.4- 5.5 V | LDP, Commanded off Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2401 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . | Signal voltage 3 V | LDP Commanded off Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2402 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . | Signal current > 2.7-5.5 A | LDP Commanded on Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2403 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/Open | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . | Low signal voltage > 10.4 Seconds | LDP Commanded off Purge mass integral, 6 g EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Number of diagnostic attempts, 5 Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive | 11 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2404 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Range/Performance | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking . | High signal voltage > 10.4 V | LDP Commanded on EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Number of diagnostic attempts, 5 Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive | 11 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2414 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | Internal voltage 3.7-4.8 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM Fuel cut off, Not active Lambda set point, 1.6 O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Low fuel signal On Than wait >600 Sec. | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2415 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | Internal voltage 2.53.0 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM Fuel cut off, Not active Lambda set point, 1.6 O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Low fuel signal On Than wait >600 Sec. | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2422 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Stuck Closed | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking . | Time for pressure drop during 2nd leak check 1.45 Sec. | EVAP purge valve, Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m IAT, >4°C delta ambient pressure, 2.5 kPa IAT drop after engine start, 6 K Time after engine start, 2301200 Sec. intake manifold vacuum, >15 kPa ECT, 4115°C ECT at start, 435°C Vehicle speed, >25 MPH Selected gear, Any drive Solenoid valve, Commanded off | 140 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2539 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit | Check Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410. Refer to --> Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage > 4.8 V | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2541 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Low | Check Low Fuel Pressure Sensor G410. Refer to --> Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.0 V | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2626 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 . | O2S signal front > 4.8 V | O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Modeled exhaust gas temp, 750°C Fuel cut off, Active Engine speed, >25 RPM Low fuel signal, On Than wait >600 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2629 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 . | O2S signal front > 3,2 V | O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Modeled exhaust gas temp, 750°C Fuel cut off, Active Engine speed, >25 RPM Low fuel signal, On Than wait >600 Sec. | 2 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2637 | Torque management Feedback Signal A | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J623. Refer to --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, TCM to ECM, Checking . | CAN message signal error flag, = 1 | Ignition, on CAN Bus, OK DME CAN connection, OK | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2714 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Performance or Stuck off | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2715 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Stuck On | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2716 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Electrical | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Current higher or lower than threshold, 730 mA EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2723 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Performance or Stuck off | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 5 N233. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2725 | Pressure Control Solenoid "E" Electrical | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 5 N233. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | Current higher or lower than threshold, 730 mA EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2732 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Performance or Stuck off | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2733 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Stuck On | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2734 | Pressure Control Solenoid "F" Electrical | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | EDS output voltage at short to ground or open circuit ~ 0,5 V smaller than EDS supply voltage Static leakage current flow | Off operation mode | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2735 | Pressure Control Solenoid "F" Intermittent | Check Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 6 N371. Refer to --> Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, activated Power supply, > 8.7 V Voltage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P3025 | Angle sensor 1 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | TPS 1-TPS 2, >6.3% TPS 2 - calc value > TPS 1 calc. value OR TPS 2 calc. value, >9% | Engine speed, >1200 RPM | 0.42 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3026 | Angle sensor 1 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | Signal voltage, 0.176 V | 0.14 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P3027 | Angle sensor 1 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | Signal voltage, > 4.63 V | 0.14 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P3028 | Angle sensor 2 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module 2 . | TPS 1-TPS 2, >6.3% TPS 2 - calc value > TPS 1 calc. value OR TPS 2 calc. value, >9% | Engine speed, >1200 RPM | 0.42 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3029 | Angle sensor 2 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module 2 . | Signal voltage, 0.156 V | 0.14 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P3030 | Angle sensor 2 (on throttle drive 2 power accelerator actuation) | Check Throttle Valve Control Module 2 J544. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module 2 . | Signal voltage, > 4.88 V | 0.14 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P3031 | Throttle Drive 2 (power accelerator actuation) Electrical malfunction in circuit | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | Duty cycle >80% AND ECM power stage Failure | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P3035 | Throttle Valve Control Module 2 Mechanical malfunction | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module . | Time to open over reference point + 12%, > 0.14 Sec. Time to close below reference point, + 3%, > 0.56 Sec. Time to close below reference point + 1%, > 0.14 Sec. Time to close over reference point, -1.5%, > 0.56 Sec. TPS 1 signal voltage, 0.21 V TPS 2 signal voltage, 4.14 V | Ignition, On Engine speed, 0 RPM IAT, >5°C Vehicle speed, 0 MPH ECT, >5°C | 5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3081 | Engine Temperature Too Low | Allow engine to warm up. Coolant temperature must be at least 50°C. | Modeled ECT, Minus ECT >9.75 K | ECT 50°C | 2 Sec. | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P3144 | Exhaust-bank 3, sensor 1, oxygen sensor signal implausibly lean | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Trim control post catalyst >0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1560 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3145 | Exhaust-bank 3, sensor 1, oxygen sensor signal implausibly rich | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Trim control post catalyst -0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1560 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3146 | Exhaust-bank 4, sensor 1, oxygen sensor signal implausibly lean | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | Trim control post catalyst >0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1040 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3147 | Exhaust bank 4, sensor 1, oxygen sensor signal implausibly rich | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | Trim control post catalyst -0.06 | Lambda control, Closed loop Lambda control post cat, Closed loop O2S front, Ready, No DTC O2S rear, Ready, No DTC Engine load changes, >7% Lamdba set point, 1 Catalyst temp, 350850°C Mass air flow, 1040 kg/h Engine speed, 1360-3920 RPM Engine load, 20-70% | 30 seconds. | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3148 | Exhaust bank 3, oxygen sensor before cat, heater circuit Regulation at upper impact | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | O2S ceramic temperature, 685°C | Heater control, Active Heater duty cycle, 100% Fuel cut off, Not active Modeled exhaust gas temp., > 300°C | 60 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3150 | Exhaust bank 4, oxygen sensor before cat, heater circuit Regulation at upper impact | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | O2S ceramic temperature, 685°C | Heater control, Active Heater duty cycle, 100% Fuel cut off, Not active Modeled exhaust gas temp., > 300°C | 60 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3200 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1, heater circuit Short circuit to Ground (GND) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater . | Signal voltage 2.15-2.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3201 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1, heater circuit Short circuit to B+ | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater . | Heater current, > 2.2 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3202 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1, heater circuit Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater . | Signal voltage 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3205 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1 Voltage too low | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Virtual mass VM Voltage >2 V Nernst voltage UN Voltage >1.75 V Adjustment current IA Voltage >0.3 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3206 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1 Voltage too high | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Virtual mass VM Voltage >3 V Nernst voltage UN Voltage >4 V Adjustment current IA Voltage >1.5 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3207 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1 Electrical malfunction in circuit | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | Sensor element temperature 600°C OR Heater resistance >570 Ohm | Modeled exhaust gas temp, >330°C Fuel cut off, Not active | 13 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3209 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 1 Signal too slow | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 3 G285. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 . | O2S signal front vs. modeled O2s signal, signal ratio, 0.32 Cycles completed, > 40 | Lambda control, Closed loop Engine load, 20-60% Engine speed, 1360-2800 RPM Delta engine load, 5.3% seg. EVAP purge flow factor, 15 Actual lambda, 0.94 -1.06 | 28 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3213 | Exhaust bank 3 sensor 1 Heater return connection | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Heater Z62. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater . | Delta O2S signal front >0.2-0.498 V Elapsed time since last O2S 0.05 Sec. Heater switch on | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 800°C Heater duty cycle, >5% Delta engine load, 3.0% For at least, 0.5 Sec. Catalyst heating, Not active SAI, Not active | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3214 | Exhaust bank 4 sensor 1 Heater return connection | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater . | Delta O2S signal front >0.2-0.498 V Elapsed time since last O2S 0.05 Sec. Heater switch on | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 800°C Heater duty cycle, >5% Delta engine load, 3.0% For at least, 0.5 Sec. Catalyst heating, Not active SAI, Not active | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3215 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2, heater circuit Short circuit to Ground (GND) | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z64. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3216 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2, heater circuit Short circuit to B+ | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z64. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal current, > 3 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3217 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2, heater circuit Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z64. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Heater voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3218 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2, heater circuit Electrical malfunction | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z64. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Heater resistance, 1.0225.9 kOhm Depending on catalyst temperature | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 250-550°C Heater, Commanded on Engine shut off time, >300 Sec. IAT >-6.8°C | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3220 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2 Voltage too low | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage, 0.06 V | O2S rear dewpoint, Exceeded O2S rear, Fully heated up Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM ECT at engine off, >60°C ECT at engine start, 39.8°C | 0.1 Second | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3221 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2 Voltage too high | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage 1.3 V | O2S rear dewpoint, Exceeded O2S rear, Fully heated up Engine speed, >25 RPM Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. | 5.1 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3222 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2 Electrical malfunction in circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Delta O2S signal rear >2 V Number of heater coupling faults >5 | O2S rear, Ready Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3223 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2 No activity | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage, 401-499 mV Modeled exhaust gas temp >600°C AND O2S rear internal resistance >20K Ohm | O2S rear, Ready Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM | 600 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3224 | Emissions bank 3 sensor 2 Signal too slow | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | O2S rear signal 610625 mV Not oscillating at reference O2S signal rear during fuel cut off, >200 mV | Mass air flow, 25-90 kg/h O2S rear readiness, >30 Sec. Modeled exhaust gas temp, >350°C Fuel cut off, > 3.5 Sec. O2S rear readiness, > 30 Sec. Modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350°C | 125 Seconds 3.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3230 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 1, heater circuit Short circuit to Ground (GND) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater . | Signal voltage 2.15-2.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3231 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 1, heater circuit Short circuit to B+ | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater . | Heater current, > 2.2 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3232 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 1, heater circuit Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Heater Z63. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater . | Signal voltage 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3235 | Exhaust Bank 3, O2 Correction Behind Catalyst, B1 Limit attained | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Virtual mass VM Voltage >2 V Nernst voltage UN Voltage >1.75 V Adjustment current IA Voltage >0.3 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3236 | Exhaust Bank 4, O2 Correction Behind Catalyst, B1 Limit attained | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Virtual mass VM Voltage >3 V Nernst voltage UN Voltage >4 V Adjustment current IA Voltage >1.5 V | Engine speed, >25 RPM | 2 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3237 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 1 Electrical malfunction in circuit | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | Sensor element temperature 600°C OR Heater resistance >570 Ohm | Modeled exhaust gas temp, >330°C Fuel cut off, Not active | 13 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3239 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 1 Signal too slow | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 4 G286. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor 4 . | O2S signal front vs. modeled O2s signal, signal ratio, 0.32 Cycles completed, > 40 | Lambda control, Closed loop Engine load, 20-60% Engine speed, 1360-2800 RPM Delta engine load, 5.3% seg. EVAP purge flow factor, 15 Actual lambda, 0.94 -1.06 | 28 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3245 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2, heater circuit Short circuit to Ground (GND) | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 4 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z65. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal voltage, 2.15-3.25 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3246 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2, heater circuit Short circuit to B+ | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 4 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z65. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Signal current, > 3 A | Heater, Commanded on Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3247 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2, heater circuit Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 4 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z65. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Heater voltage, 4.4-5.6 V | Heater, Commanded off Engine speed, >40 RPM | 0.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3248 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2, heater circuit Electrical malfunction | Check Oxygen Sensor 02S) 4 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z65. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | Heater resistance, 1.0225.9 kOhm Depending on catalyst temperature | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 250-550°C Heater, Commanded on Engine shut off time, >300 Sec. IAT >-6.8°C | 10 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3250 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2 Voltage too low | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage, 0.06 V | O2S rear dewpoint, Exceeded O2S rear, Fully heated up Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM ECT at engine off, >60°C ECT at engine start, 39.8°C | 0.1 Second | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3251 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2 Voltage too high | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage 1.3 V | O2S rear dewpoint, Exceeded O2S rear, Fully heated up Engine speed, >25 RPM Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. | 5.1 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3252 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2 Electrical malfunction in circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Delta O2S signal rear >2 V Number of heater coupling faults >5 | O2S rear, Ready Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM | 50 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3253 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2 No activity | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Signal voltage, 401-499 mV Modeled exhaust gas temp >600°C AND O2S rear internal resistance >20K Ohm | O2S rear, Ready Modeled exhaust gas temp. 250-800°C for >90 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM | 600 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3254 | Emissions bank 4 sensor 2 Signal too slow | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | O2S rear signal 610625 mV Not oscillating at reference O2S signal rear during fuel cut off, >200 mV | Mass air flow, 25-90 kg/h O2S rear readiness, >30 Sec. Modeled exhaust gas temp, >350°C Fuel cut off, > 3.5 Sec. O2S rear readiness, > 30 Sec. Modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350°C | 125 Seconds 3.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3278 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust-Bank 3/Pump Current Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | Adjustment check (IA) O2S signal front > 3,2 V Pump Current (IP) Mass air integral in exhaust gas >0.2 kg Fuel cut off active >3 Sec. O2S signal front 1.7 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front 1.491.5 V Delta lambda value setting >0.1 | Adjustment check (IA) O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Modeled exhaust gas temp, 750°C Fuel cut off, Active Engine speed, >25 RPM Low fuel signal, On Than wait >600 Sec. Pump Current (IP) Lambda control, Closed loop O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Electrical adjustment, Not active O2S front signal, 1.491.51 V Lambda value, 0.97 or >1.03 Engine speed, >25 RPM Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C Lambda control, Closed loop Heater control, Closed loop Electrical adjustment, Not active Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C | Adjustment check (IA) 2 Seconds Pump Current (IP)3 Seconds 5 Seconds 1.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3281 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust-Bank 3/Reference Voltage Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | O2S signal front >4.7 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.2 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3285 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust Bank 3/Common Ground Wire Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G287. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 3 after Catalytic Converter . | O2S signal front 1.471.53 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.03 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm Modeled exhaust temp, 750°C | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3288 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust Bank 4/Pump Current Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | Adjustment check (IA) O2S signal front > 3,2 V Pump Current (IP) Mass air integral in exhaust gas >0.2 kg Fuel cut off active >3 Sec. O2S signal front 1.7 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front 1.491.5 V Delta lambda value setting >0.1 | Adjustment check (IA) O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Modeled exhaust gas temp, 750°C Fuel cut off, Active Engine speed, >25 RPM Low fuel signal, On Than wait >600 Sec. Pump Current (IP) Lambda control, Closed loop O2S ceramic temperature, >685°C Electrical adjustment, Not active O2S front signal, 1.491.51 V Lambda value, 0.97 or >1.03 Engine speed, >25 RPM Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C Lambda control, Closed loop Heater control, Closed loop Electrical adjustment, Not active Engine speed, >25 RPM O2S ceramic temp, >685°C | Adjustment check (IA) 2 Seconds Pump Current (IP)3 Seconds 5 Seconds 1.5 Seconds | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P3291 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust Bank 4/Reference Voltage Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking Oxygen Sensor 4 after Catalytic Converter . | O2S signal front >4.7 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.2 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3295 | Linear 02 Sensor, Exhaust Bank 4/Common Ground Wire Open circuit | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 4 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G288. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . | O2S signal front 1.471.53 V AND Delta O2S signal front 0.03 V | Heater control, Active >25 Sec. Engine speed, >25 RPM Internal resistance, >570 Ohm Modeled exhaust temp, 750°C | 60 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P3298 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold Bank 3 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | 1.0 | Ambient Temp. > -10°C Delta mass airflow 15 kg/h/s EVAP purge flow 30% Mass air flow 30-100 kg/h Engine speed, 1000-2200 RPM Catalyst temp. 400-630°C Delta catalyst temp - 15 k/s | 60 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P3299 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold Bank 4 | Check Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter. Refer to --> Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and oxygen sensor regulation behind catalytic converter. Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking . Check Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | 1.0 | Ambient Temp. > -10°C Delta mass airflow 15 kg/h/s EVAP purge flow 30% Mass air flow 30-100 kg/h Engine speed, 1000-2200 RPM Catalyst temp. 400-630°C Delta catalyst temp - 15 k/s | 60 Seconds | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U0001 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | CAN message, No feedback | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| U0037 | Vehicle Communication Bus B | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | Can-Bus | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| U0100 | Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "A" | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | Time out check, no feedback | 2.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0101 | Lost Communication with TCM | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus between Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, TCM to ECM, Checking . | Not active | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0115 | Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "B" | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | Time out check, no feedback | 2.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0155 | Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Control Module | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | Not active | 2.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0402 | Invalid Data Received from Transmission Control Module | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus between Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 and Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, TCM to ECM, Checking . | Invalid data received from TCM | 0.5 Seconds | Continuous 2 DCY |
See also:
• 20 - FUEL SUPPLY
• 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)
• 27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
• 72 - SEAT - FRAMES
• 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• 01 - MAINTENANCE
• 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM
• 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
• Safety Precautions
• Clean Working Conditions
• Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing
• Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking
• EVAP System, Leak Detection
• EVAP System, Leak Checking
• EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Checking
• EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Checking
• Leak Detection Pump, Checking
• Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory
• Readiness Code
• Electronic Engine Power Control System Function
• Safety Precautions
• Technical Data
• Oxygen Sensor Heater Before Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking
• Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking
• Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking
• Low Fuel Pressure Sensor, Checking
• Fuel Metering Valve/Fuel Metering Valve 2, Checking
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking
• Engine Speed Sensor, Checking
• Intake Door Motor, Checking
• Variable Intake Manifold Runner Motor, Checking
• Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor, Checking
• Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2, Checking
• Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater
• Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
• Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater
• Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater
• Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Oxygen Sensor 4 Heater after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Mass Air Flow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
• Mass Air Flow Sensor 2/Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2
• Throttle Valve Control Module
• Throttle Valve Control Module 2
• Fuel Metering Valve
• Fuel Metering Valve 2
• Heated Oxygen Sensor and Oxygen Sensor Regulation Before Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
• Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
• Heated Oxygen Sensor 3
• Heated Oxygen Sensor 4
• OBDMID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
• OBDMID 05 ($05): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 2 - Sensor 1
• OBDMID 09 ($09): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 3 - Sensor 1
• OBDMID 13 ($0D): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 4 - Sensor 1
• Function
• Voltage Supply, Checking
• Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
• Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking
• Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking
• Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking
• Spark Plug Test Data
• Camshaft Position Sensor, Checking
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve, Checking
• Knock Sensor, Checking
• Camshaft Position Sensor 1
• Camshaft Position Sensor 3
• Camshaft Position Sensor 2
• Camshaft Position Sensor 4
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1, Exhaust
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2, Exhaust
• Knock Sensor 1
• Knock Sensor 2
• Knock Sensor 3
• Knock Sensor 4
• Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage
• Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch, Checking
• Transmission Input Speed Sensor, Checking
• Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Checking
• Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Checking
• Solenoid Valve 1, Checking
• Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valves, Checking
• Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking
• Transmission Control Module, Replacing
• Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents
• On Board Diagnostic Systems
• Serial Data Link Illumination
• Controller Area Network Data Link
• Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data
• Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions
• Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory
• Interrogating the Fault Memory
• Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results
• Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions
• Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle
• Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component
• Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information
• Can-Bus Terminal Resistance, TCM to ECM, Checking